ASTContext.cpp revision dce750b15eb5eb797ac9bbea118333d7d1896831
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 16#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 17#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 18#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 20#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 21#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 24#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 25#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 26#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 31#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 32#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 33#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 34#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 35#include "CXXABI.h" 36#include <map> 37 38using namespace clang; 39 40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 52 53enum FloatingRank { 54 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 55}; 56 57RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 58 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 59 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 60 CommentsLoaded = true; 61 } 62 63 assert(D); 64 65 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 66 if (D->isImplicit()) 67 return NULL; 68 69 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 70 // FIXME: all these implicit instantiations shoud be marked as implicit 71 // declarations and get caught by condition above. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 89 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 90 return NULL; 91 } 92 93 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 94 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 95 return NULL; 96 97 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 98 // documentation. 99 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 100 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 101 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 102 return NULL; 103 104 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 105 106 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 107 if (RawComments.empty()) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // Find declaration location. 111 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 112 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 113 // location". 114 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 115 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 116 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 117 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 118 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 119 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 120 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 121 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 122 else 123 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 124 125 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 126 // can't find the comment. 127 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 128 return NULL; 129 130 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 131 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 132 { 133 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 134 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 135 // first. 136 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 137 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 138 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 139 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 140 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 141 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 142 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 143 } 144 145 if (Found) { 146 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 147 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 148 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 149 } else { 150 // Slow path. 151 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 152 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 153 } 154 } 155 156 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 157 // file buffer. 158 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 159 160 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 161 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 162 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 163 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 164 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 165 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 166 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 167 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 168 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 169 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 170 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 171 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 172 return *Comment; 173 } 174 } 175 176 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 177 // Let's look at the previous comment. 178 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 179 return NULL; 180 --Comment; 181 182 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 183 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 184 return NULL; 185 186 // Decompose the end of the comment. 187 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 188 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 189 190 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 191 // aren't related. 192 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 193 return NULL; 194 195 // Get the corresponding buffer. 196 bool Invalid = false; 197 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 198 &Invalid).data(); 199 if (Invalid) 200 return NULL; 201 202 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 203 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 204 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 205 206 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 207 // comment and declaration. 208 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 209 return NULL; 210 211 return *Comment; 212} 213 214namespace { 215/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 216/// refer to the actual template. 217const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 218 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 219 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 220 D = FTD; 221 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 222 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 223 D = CTD; 224 } 225 // FIXME: Alias templates? 226 return D; 227} 228} // unnamed namespace 229 230const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 231 const Decl *D, 232 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 233 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 234 235 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 236 { 237 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 238 RedeclComments.find(D); 239 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 240 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 241 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 242 if (OriginalDecl) 243 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 244 return Raw.getRaw(); 245 } 246 } 247 } 248 249 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 250 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 251 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 252 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 253 E = D->redecls_end(); 254 I != E; ++I) { 255 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 256 RedeclComments.find(*I); 257 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 258 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 259 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 260 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 261 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 262 break; 263 } 264 } else { 265 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 266 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 267 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 268 if (RC) { 269 Raw.setRaw(RC); 270 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 271 } else 272 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 273 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 274 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 275 if (RC) 276 break; 277 } 278 } 279 280 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 281 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 282 283 if (OriginalDecl) 284 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 285 286 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 287 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 288 Raw.setRaw(RC); 289 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 290 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 291 292 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 293 E = D->redecls_end(); 294 I != E; ++I) { 295 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 296 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 297 R = Raw; 298 } 299 300 return RC; 301} 302 303comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) const { 304 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 305 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 306 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 307 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 308 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) 309 return Pos->second; 310 311 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 312 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 313 if (!RC) 314 return NULL; 315 316 if (D != OriginalDecl) 317 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl); 318 319 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, D); 320 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 321 return FC; 322} 323 324void 325ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 326 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 327 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 328 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 329 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 330 331 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 332 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 333 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 334 PEnd = Params->end(); 335 P != PEnd; ++P) { 336 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 337 ID.AddInteger(0); 338 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 339 continue; 340 } 341 342 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 343 ID.AddInteger(1); 344 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 345 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 346 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 347 ID.AddBoolean(true); 348 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 349 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 350 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 351 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 352 } 353 } else 354 ID.AddBoolean(false); 355 continue; 356 } 357 358 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 359 ID.AddInteger(2); 360 Profile(ID, TTP); 361 } 362} 363 364TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 365ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 366 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 367 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 368 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 369 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 370 void *InsertPos = 0; 371 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 372 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 373 if (Canonical) 374 return Canonical->getParam(); 375 376 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 377 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 378 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 379 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 380 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 381 PEnd = Params->end(); 382 P != PEnd; ++P) { 383 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 384 CanonParams.push_back( 385 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 386 SourceLocation(), 387 SourceLocation(), 388 TTP->getDepth(), 389 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 390 TTP->isParameterPack())); 391 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 392 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 393 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 394 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 395 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 396 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 397 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 398 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 399 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 400 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 401 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 402 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 403 } 404 405 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 406 SourceLocation(), 407 SourceLocation(), 408 NTTP->getDepth(), 409 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 410 T, 411 TInfo, 412 ExpandedTypes.data(), 413 ExpandedTypes.size(), 414 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 415 } else { 416 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 417 SourceLocation(), 418 SourceLocation(), 419 NTTP->getDepth(), 420 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 421 T, 422 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 423 TInfo); 424 } 425 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 426 427 } else 428 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 429 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 430 } 431 432 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 433 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 434 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 435 TTP->getPosition(), 436 TTP->isParameterPack(), 437 0, 438 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 439 SourceLocation(), 440 CanonParams.data(), 441 CanonParams.size(), 442 SourceLocation())); 443 444 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 445 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 446 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 447 (void)Canonical; 448 449 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 450 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 451 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 452 return CanonTTP; 453} 454 455CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 456 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 457 458 switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 459 case CXXABI_ARM: 460 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 461 case CXXABI_Itanium: 462 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 463 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 464 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 465 } 466 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 467} 468 469static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 470 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 471 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 472 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 473 // language-specific address space. 474 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 475 1, // opencl_global 476 2, // opencl_local 477 3, // opencl_constant 478 4, // cuda_device 479 5, // cuda_constant 480 6 // cuda_shared 481 }; 482 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 483 } else { 484 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 485 } 486} 487 488ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 489 const TargetInfo *t, 490 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 491 Builtin::Context &builtins, 492 unsigned size_reserve, 493 bool DelayInitialization) 494 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 495 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 496 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 497 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 498 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 499 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 500 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 501 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 502 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 503 FILEDecl(0), 504 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 505 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 506 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 507 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 508 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 509 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 510 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 511 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 512 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 513 DeclarationNames(*this), 514 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 515 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 516 LastSDM(0, 0), 517 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 518{ 519 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 520 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 521 522 if (!DelayInitialization) { 523 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 524 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 525 } 526} 527 528ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 529 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 530 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 531 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 532 533 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 534 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 535 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 536 537 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 538 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 539 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 540 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 541 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 542 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 543 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 544 R->Destroy(*this); 545 546 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 547 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 548 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 549 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 550 R->Destroy(*this); 551 } 552 553 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 554 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 555 A != AEnd; ++A) 556 A->second->~AttrVec(); 557} 558 559void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 560 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 561} 562 563void 564ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 565 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 566} 567 568void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 569 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 570 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 571 572 unsigned counts[] = { 573#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 574#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 575#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 576 0 // Extra 577 }; 578 579 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 580 Type *T = Types[i]; 581 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 582 } 583 584 unsigned Idx = 0; 585 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 586#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 587 if (counts[Idx]) \ 588 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 589 << " types\n"; \ 590 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 591 ++Idx; 592#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 593#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 594 595 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 596 597 // Implicit special member functions. 598 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 599 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 600 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 601 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 602 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 603 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 605 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 606 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 607 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 608 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 609 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 610 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 611 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 612 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 613 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 614 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 615 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 616 << NumImplicitDestructors 617 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 618 619 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 620 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 621 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 622 } 623 624 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 625} 626 627TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 628 if (!Int128Decl) { 629 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 630 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 631 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 632 SourceLocation(), 633 SourceLocation(), 634 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 635 TInfo); 636 } 637 638 return Int128Decl; 639} 640 641TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 642 if (!UInt128Decl) { 643 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 644 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 645 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 646 SourceLocation(), 647 SourceLocation(), 648 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 649 TInfo); 650 } 651 652 return UInt128Decl; 653} 654 655void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 656 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 657 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 658 Types.push_back(Ty); 659} 660 661void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 662 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 663 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 664 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 665 666 this->Target = &Target; 667 668 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 669 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 670 671 // C99 6.2.5p19. 672 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 673 674 // C99 6.2.5p2. 675 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 676 // C99 6.2.5p3. 677 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 678 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 679 else 680 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 681 // C99 6.2.5p4. 682 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 683 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 684 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 685 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 686 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 687 688 // C99 6.2.5p6. 689 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 690 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 691 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 692 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 693 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 694 695 // C99 6.2.5p10. 696 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 697 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 698 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 699 700 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 701 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 702 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 703 704 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 705 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 706 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 707 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 708 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 709 } else // C99 710 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 711 712 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 713 714 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 715 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 716 else // C99 717 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 718 719 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 720 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 721 else // C99 722 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 723 724 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 725 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 726 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 727 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 728 // expressions. 729 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 730 731 // Placeholder type for functions. 732 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 733 734 // Placeholder type for bound members. 735 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 736 737 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 738 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 739 740 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 741 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 742 743 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 744 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 745 746 // C99 6.2.5p11. 747 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 748 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 749 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 750 751 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 752 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 753 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 754 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 755 756 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 757 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 758 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 759 760 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 761 762 // void * type 763 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 764 765 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 766 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 767 768 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 769 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 770 771 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 772 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 773} 774 775DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 776 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 777} 778 779AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 780 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 781 if (!Result) { 782 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 783 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 784 } 785 786 return *Result; 787} 788 789/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 790void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 791 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 792 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 793 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 794 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 795 } 796} 797 798MemberSpecializationInfo * 799ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 800 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 801 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 802 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 803 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 804 return 0; 805 806 return Pos->second; 807} 808 809void 810ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 811 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 812 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 813 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 814 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 815 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 816 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 817 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 818 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 819} 820 821FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 822 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 823 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 824 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 825 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 826 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 827 return 0; 828 829 return Pos->second; 830} 831 832void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 833 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 834 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 835 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 836 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 837} 838 839NamedDecl * 840ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 841 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 842 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 843 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 844 return 0; 845 846 return Pos->second; 847} 848 849void 850ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 851 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 852 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 853 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 854 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 855 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 856 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 857} 858 859UsingShadowDecl * 860ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 861 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 862 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 863 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 864 return 0; 865 866 return Pos->second; 867} 868 869void 870ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 871 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 872 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 873 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 874} 875 876FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 877 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 878 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 879 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 880 return 0; 881 882 return Pos->second; 883} 884 885void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 886 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 887 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 888 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 889 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 890 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 891 892 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 893} 894 895bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 896 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 897 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 898 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 899} 900 901bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 902 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 903 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 904 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 905 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 906} 907 908bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 909 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 910 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 911 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 912 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 913} 914 915bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 916 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 917 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 918 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 919} 920 921bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 922 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 923 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 924 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 925} 926 927ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 928ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 929 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 930 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 931 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 932 return 0; 933 934 return Pos->second.begin(); 935} 936 937ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 938ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 939 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 940 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 941 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 942 return 0; 943 944 return Pos->second.end(); 945} 946 947unsigned 948ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 949 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 950 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 951 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 952 return 0; 953 954 return Pos->second.size(); 955} 956 957void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 958 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 959 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 960} 961 962void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 963 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 964 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 965 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 966 FirstLocalImport = Import; 967 LastLocalImport = Import; 968 return; 969 } 970 971 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 972 LastLocalImport = Import; 973} 974 975//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 976// Type Sizing and Analysis 977//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 978 979/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 980/// scalar floating point type. 981const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 982 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 983 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 984 switch (BT->getKind()) { 985 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 986 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 987 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 988 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 989 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 990 } 991} 992 993/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 994/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 995/// this method will assert on them. 996/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 997/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 998CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 999 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1000 1001 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1002 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1003 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1004 1005 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1006 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1007 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1008 // 1009 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1010 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1011 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1012 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1013 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1014 } else { 1015 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1016 } 1017 } 1018 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1019 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1020 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1021 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1022 1023 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1024 // else about the declaration and its type. 1025 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1026 // do nothing 1027 1028 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1029 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1030 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1031 if (RefAsPointee) 1032 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1033 else 1034 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1035 } 1036 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1037 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1038 // large-array alignment on the target. 1039 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1040 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1041 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1042 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1043 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1044 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1045 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1046 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1047 1048 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1049 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1050 } 1051 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1052 } 1053 1054 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1055 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1056 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1057 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1058 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1059 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1060 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1061 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1062 1063 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1064 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1065 1066 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1067 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1068 if (offset > 0) { 1069 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1070 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1071 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1072 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1073 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1074 } 1075 1076 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1077 } 1078 } 1079 1080 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1081} 1082 1083std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1084ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1085 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1086 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1087 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1088} 1089 1090std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1091ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1092 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1093} 1094 1095std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1096 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1097 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1098 return it->second; 1099 1100 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1101 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1102 return Info; 1103} 1104 1105/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1106/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1107/// 1108/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1109/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1110/// should take a QualType, &c. 1111std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1112ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1113 uint64_t Width=0; 1114 unsigned Align=8; 1115 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1116#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1117#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1118#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1119#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1120#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1121 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1122 1123 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1124 case Type::FunctionProto: 1125 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1126 Width = 0; 1127 Align = 32; 1128 break; 1129 1130 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1131 case Type::VariableArray: 1132 Width = 0; 1133 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1134 break; 1135 1136 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1137 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1138 1139 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1140 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1141 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1142 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1143 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1144 Align = EltInfo.second; 1145 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1146 break; 1147 } 1148 case Type::ExtVector: 1149 case Type::Vector: { 1150 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1151 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1152 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1153 Align = Width; 1154 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1155 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1156 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1157 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1158 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1159 } 1160 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1161 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1162 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1163 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1164 break; 1165 } 1166 1167 case Type::Builtin: 1168 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1169 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1170 case BuiltinType::Void: 1171 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1172 Width = 0; 1173 Align = 8; 1174 break; 1175 1176 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1177 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1178 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1179 break; 1180 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1181 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1182 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1183 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1184 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1185 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1186 break; 1187 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1188 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1189 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1190 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1191 break; 1192 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1193 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1194 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1195 break; 1196 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1197 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1198 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1199 break; 1200 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1201 case BuiltinType::Short: 1202 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1203 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1204 break; 1205 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1206 case BuiltinType::Int: 1207 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1208 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1209 break; 1210 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1211 case BuiltinType::Long: 1212 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1213 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1214 break; 1215 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1216 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1217 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1218 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1219 break; 1220 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1221 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1222 Width = 128; 1223 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1224 break; 1225 case BuiltinType::Half: 1226 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1227 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1228 break; 1229 case BuiltinType::Float: 1230 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1231 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1232 break; 1233 case BuiltinType::Double: 1234 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1235 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1236 break; 1237 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1238 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1239 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1240 break; 1241 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1242 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1243 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1244 break; 1245 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1246 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1247 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1248 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1249 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1250 break; 1251 } 1252 break; 1253 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1254 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1255 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1256 break; 1257 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1258 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1259 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1260 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1261 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1262 break; 1263 } 1264 case Type::LValueReference: 1265 case Type::RValueReference: { 1266 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1267 // the pointer route. 1268 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1269 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1270 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1271 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1272 break; 1273 } 1274 case Type::Pointer: { 1275 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1276 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1277 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1278 break; 1279 } 1280 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1281 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1282 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1283 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1284 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1285 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1286 break; 1287 } 1288 case Type::Complex: { 1289 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1290 // size. 1291 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1292 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1293 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1294 Align = EltInfo.second; 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 case Type::ObjCObject: 1298 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1299 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1300 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1301 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1302 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1303 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1304 break; 1305 } 1306 case Type::Record: 1307 case Type::Enum: { 1308 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1309 1310 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1311 Width = 8; 1312 Align = 8; 1313 break; 1314 } 1315 1316 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1317 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1318 1319 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1320 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1321 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1322 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1323 break; 1324 } 1325 1326 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1327 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1328 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1329 1330 case Type::Auto: { 1331 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1332 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1333 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1334 } 1335 1336 case Type::Paren: 1337 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1338 1339 case Type::Typedef: { 1340 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1341 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1342 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1343 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1344 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1345 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1346 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1347 Align = AttrAlign; 1348 else 1349 Align = Info.second; 1350 Width = Info.first; 1351 break; 1352 } 1353 1354 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1355 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1356 .getTypePtr()); 1357 1358 case Type::TypeOf: 1359 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1360 1361 case Type::Decltype: 1362 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1363 .getTypePtr()); 1364 1365 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1366 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1367 1368 case Type::Elaborated: 1369 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1370 1371 case Type::Attributed: 1372 return getTypeInfo( 1373 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1374 1375 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1376 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1377 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1378 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1379 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1380 // aligned attribute on it. 1381 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1382 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1383 else 1384 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1385 } 1386 1387 case Type::Atomic: { 1388 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1389 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1390 Width = Info.first; 1391 Align = Info.second; 1392 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1393 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1394 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1395 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1396 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1397 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1398 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1399 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1400 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1401 } 1402 } 1403 1404 } 1405 1406 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1407 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1408} 1409 1410/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1411CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1412 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1413} 1414 1415/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1416int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1417 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1418} 1419 1420/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1421/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1422CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1423 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1424} 1425CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1426 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1427} 1428 1429/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1430/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1431CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1432 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1433} 1434CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1435 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1436} 1437 1438/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1439/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1440/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1441/// a data type. 1442unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1443 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1444 1445 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1446 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1447 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1448 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1449 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1450 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1451 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1452 1453 return ABIAlign; 1454} 1455 1456/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1457/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1458/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1459/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1460/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1461/// 1462void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1463 bool leafClass, 1464 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1465 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1466 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1467 if (!leafClass) { 1468 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1469 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1470 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1471 } else { 1472 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1473 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1474 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1475 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1476 } 1477} 1478 1479/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1480/// those inherited by it. 1481void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1482 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1483 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1484 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1485 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1486 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1487 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1488 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1489 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1490 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1491 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1492 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1493 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1494 } 1495 } 1496 1497 // Categories of this Interface. 1498 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1499 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1500 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1501 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1502 while (SD) { 1503 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1504 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1505 } 1506 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1507 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1508 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1509 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1510 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1511 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1512 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1513 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1514 } 1515 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1516 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1517 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1518 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1519 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1520 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1521 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1522 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1523 } 1524 } 1525} 1526 1527unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1528 unsigned count = 0; 1529 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1530 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1531 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1532 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1533 1534 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1535 // includes synthesized ivars. 1536 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1537 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1538 1539 return count; 1540} 1541 1542bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1543 if (!E) 1544 return false; 1545 1546 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1547 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1548 1549 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1550 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1551 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1552 return true; 1553 1554 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1555 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1556 1557 return false; 1558} 1559 1560/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1561ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1562 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1563 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1564 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1565 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1566 return 0; 1567} 1568/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1569ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1570 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1571 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1572 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1573 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1574 return 0; 1575} 1576 1577/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1578void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1579 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1580 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1581 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1582} 1583/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1584void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1585 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1586 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1587 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1588} 1589 1590ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1591 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1592 return ID; 1593 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1594 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1595 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1596 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1597 1598 return 0; 1599} 1600 1601/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1602/// none exists. 1603Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1604 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1605 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1606 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1607 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1608 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1609 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1610} 1611 1612/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1613void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1614 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1615 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1616 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1617 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1618} 1619 1620TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1621 unsigned DataSize) const { 1622 if (!DataSize) 1623 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1624 else 1625 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1626 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1627 1628 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1629 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1630 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1631 return TInfo; 1632} 1633 1634TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1635 SourceLocation L) const { 1636 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1637 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1638 return DI; 1639} 1640 1641const ASTRecordLayout & 1642ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1643 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1644} 1645 1646const ASTRecordLayout & 1647ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1648 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1649 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1650} 1651 1652//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1653// Type creation/memoization methods 1654//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1655 1656QualType 1657ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1658 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1659 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1660 1661 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1662 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1663 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1664 void *insertPos = 0; 1665 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1666 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1667 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1668 } 1669 1670 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1671 QualType canon; 1672 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1673 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1674 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1675 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1676 1677 // Re-find the insert position. 1678 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1679 } 1680 1681 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1682 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1683 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1684} 1685 1686QualType 1687ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1688 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1689 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1690 return T; 1691 1692 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1693 // into one ExtQuals node. 1694 QualifierCollector Quals; 1695 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1696 1697 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1698 // another one. 1699 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1700 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1701 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1702 1703 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1704} 1705 1706QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1707 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1708 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1709 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1710 return T; 1711 1712 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1713 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1714 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1715 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1716 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1717 } 1718 } 1719 1720 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1721 // into one ExtQuals node. 1722 QualifierCollector Quals; 1723 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1724 1725 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1726 // another one. 1727 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1728 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1729 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1730 1731 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1732} 1733 1734const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1735 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1736 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1737 return T; 1738 1739 QualType Result; 1740 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1741 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1742 } else { 1743 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1744 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1745 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1746 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1747 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1748 } 1749 1750 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1751} 1752 1753/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1754/// number with the specified element type. 1755QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1756 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1757 // structure. 1758 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1759 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1760 1761 void *InsertPos = 0; 1762 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1763 return QualType(CT, 0); 1764 1765 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1766 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1767 QualType Canonical; 1768 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1769 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1770 1771 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1772 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1773 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1774 } 1775 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1776 Types.push_back(New); 1777 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1778 return QualType(New, 0); 1779} 1780 1781/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1782/// the specified type. 1783QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1784 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1785 // structure. 1786 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1787 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1788 1789 void *InsertPos = 0; 1790 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1791 return QualType(PT, 0); 1792 1793 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1794 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1795 QualType Canonical; 1796 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1797 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1798 1799 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1800 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1801 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1802 } 1803 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1804 Types.push_back(New); 1805 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1806 return QualType(New, 0); 1807} 1808 1809/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1810/// a pointer to the specified block. 1811QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1812 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1813 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1814 // structure. 1815 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1816 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1817 1818 void *InsertPos = 0; 1819 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1820 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1821 return QualType(PT, 0); 1822 1823 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1824 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1825 QualType Canonical; 1826 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1827 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1828 1829 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1830 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1831 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1832 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1833 } 1834 BlockPointerType *New 1835 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1836 Types.push_back(New); 1837 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1838 return QualType(New, 0); 1839} 1840 1841/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1842/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 1843QualType 1844ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 1845 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 1846 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 1847 1848 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1849 // structure. 1850 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1851 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 1852 1853 void *InsertPos = 0; 1854 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 1855 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1856 return QualType(RT, 0); 1857 1858 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1859 1860 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1861 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1862 QualType Canonical; 1863 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1864 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1865 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1866 1867 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1868 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1869 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1870 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1871 } 1872 1873 LValueReferenceType *New 1874 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 1875 SpelledAsLValue); 1876 Types.push_back(New); 1877 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1878 1879 return QualType(New, 0); 1880} 1881 1882/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1883/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 1884QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 1885 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1886 // structure. 1887 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1888 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 1889 1890 void *InsertPos = 0; 1891 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 1892 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1893 return QualType(RT, 0); 1894 1895 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1896 1897 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1898 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1899 QualType Canonical; 1900 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1901 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1902 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1903 1904 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1905 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1906 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1907 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1908 } 1909 1910 RValueReferenceType *New 1911 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 1912 Types.push_back(New); 1913 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1914 return QualType(New, 0); 1915} 1916 1917/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 1918/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 1919QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 1920 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1921 // structure. 1922 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1923 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 1924 1925 void *InsertPos = 0; 1926 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 1927 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1928 return QualType(PT, 0); 1929 1930 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1931 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1932 QualType Canonical; 1933 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1934 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 1935 1936 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1937 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 1938 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1939 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1940 } 1941 MemberPointerType *New 1942 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 1943 Types.push_back(New); 1944 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1945 return QualType(New, 0); 1946} 1947 1948/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 1949/// array of the specified element type. 1950QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1951 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 1952 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1953 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 1954 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 1955 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 1956 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 1957 1958 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 1959 // the target. 1960 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 1961 ArySize = 1962 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 1963 1964 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1965 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1966 1967 void *InsertPos = 0; 1968 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 1969 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1970 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1971 1972 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 1973 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1974 QualType Canon; 1975 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1976 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1977 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 1978 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1979 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 1980 1981 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1982 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 1983 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1984 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1985 } 1986 1987 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 1988 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1989 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1990 Types.push_back(New); 1991 return QualType(New, 0); 1992} 1993 1994/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 1995/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 1996/// sizes replaced with [*]. 1997QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 1998 // Vastly most common case. 1999 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2000 2001 QualType result; 2002 2003 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2004 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2005 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2006#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2007#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2008#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2009#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2010 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2011 2012 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2013 case Type::Builtin: 2014 case Type::Complex: 2015 case Type::Vector: 2016 case Type::ExtVector: 2017 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2018 case Type::ObjCObject: 2019 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2020 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2021 case Type::Record: 2022 case Type::Enum: 2023 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2024 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2025 case Type::TypeOf: 2026 case Type::Decltype: 2027 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2028 case Type::DependentName: 2029 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2030 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2031 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2032 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2033 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2034 case Type::Auto: 2035 case Type::PackExpansion: 2036 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2037 2038 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2039 // further decay. 2040 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2041 case Type::FunctionProto: 2042 case Type::BlockPointer: 2043 case Type::MemberPointer: 2044 return type; 2045 2046 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2047 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2048 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2049 // optimizations available here. 2050 case Type::Pointer: 2051 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2052 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2053 break; 2054 2055 case Type::LValueReference: { 2056 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2057 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2058 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2059 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2060 break; 2061 } 2062 2063 case Type::RValueReference: { 2064 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2065 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2066 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2067 break; 2068 } 2069 2070 case Type::Atomic: { 2071 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2072 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2073 break; 2074 } 2075 2076 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2077 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2078 result = getConstantArrayType( 2079 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2080 cat->getSize(), 2081 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2082 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2083 break; 2084 } 2085 2086 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2087 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2088 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2089 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2090 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2091 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2092 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2093 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2094 break; 2095 } 2096 2097 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2098 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2099 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2100 result = getVariableArrayType( 2101 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2102 /*size*/ 0, 2103 ArrayType::Normal, 2104 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2105 SourceRange()); 2106 break; 2107 } 2108 2109 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2110 case Type::VariableArray: { 2111 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2112 result = getVariableArrayType( 2113 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2114 /*size*/ 0, 2115 ArrayType::Star, 2116 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2117 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2118 break; 2119 } 2120 } 2121 2122 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2123 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2124} 2125 2126/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2127/// variable array of the specified element type. 2128QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2129 Expr *NumElts, 2130 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2131 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2132 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2133 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2134 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2135 QualType Canon; 2136 2137 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2138 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2139 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2140 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2141 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2142 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2143 } 2144 2145 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2146 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2147 2148 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2149 Types.push_back(New); 2150 return QualType(New, 0); 2151} 2152 2153/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2154/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2155/// type. 2156QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2157 Expr *numElements, 2158 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2159 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2160 SourceRange brackets) const { 2161 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2162 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2163 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2164 2165 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2166 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2167 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2168 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2169 if (!numElements) { 2170 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2171 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2172 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2173 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2174 brackets); 2175 Types.push_back(newType); 2176 return QualType(newType, 0); 2177 } 2178 2179 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2180 // also build a canonical type. 2181 2182 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2183 2184 void *insertPos = 0; 2185 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2186 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2187 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2188 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2189 2190 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2191 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2192 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2193 2194 // If we don't have one, build one. 2195 if (!canonTy) { 2196 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2197 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2198 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2199 brackets); 2200 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2201 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2202 } 2203 2204 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2205 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2206 canonElementType.Quals); 2207 2208 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2209 // then just use that as our result. 2210 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2211 return canon; 2212 2213 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2214 // of the element type. 2215 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2216 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2217 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2218 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2219 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2220 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2221} 2222 2223QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2224 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2225 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2226 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2227 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2228 2229 void *insertPos = 0; 2230 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2231 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2232 return QualType(iat, 0); 2233 2234 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2235 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2236 // qualifiers off the element type. 2237 QualType canon; 2238 2239 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2240 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2241 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2242 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2243 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2244 2245 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2246 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2247 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2248 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2249 } 2250 2251 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2252 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2253 2254 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2255 Types.push_back(newType); 2256 return QualType(newType, 0); 2257} 2258 2259/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2260/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2261QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2262 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2263 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2264 2265 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2266 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2267 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2268 2269 void *InsertPos = 0; 2270 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2271 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2272 2273 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2274 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2275 QualType Canonical; 2276 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2277 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2278 2279 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2280 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2281 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2282 } 2283 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2284 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2285 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2286 Types.push_back(New); 2287 return QualType(New, 0); 2288} 2289 2290/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2291/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2292QualType 2293ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2294 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2295 2296 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2297 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2298 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2299 VectorType::GenericVector); 2300 void *InsertPos = 0; 2301 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2302 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2303 2304 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2305 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2306 QualType Canonical; 2307 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2308 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2309 2310 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2311 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2312 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2313 } 2314 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2315 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2316 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2317 Types.push_back(New); 2318 return QualType(New, 0); 2319} 2320 2321QualType 2322ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2323 Expr *SizeExpr, 2324 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2325 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2326 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2327 SizeExpr); 2328 2329 void *InsertPos = 0; 2330 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2331 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2332 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2333 if (Canon) { 2334 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2335 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2336 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2337 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2338 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2339 } else { 2340 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2341 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2342 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2343 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2344 AttrLoc); 2345 2346 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2347 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2348 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2349 (void)CanonCheck; 2350 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2351 } else { 2352 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2353 SourceLocation()); 2354 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2355 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2356 } 2357 } 2358 2359 Types.push_back(New); 2360 return QualType(New, 0); 2361} 2362 2363/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2364/// 2365QualType 2366ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2367 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2368 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2369 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2370 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2371 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2372 // structure. 2373 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2374 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2375 2376 void *InsertPos = 0; 2377 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2378 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2379 return QualType(FT, 0); 2380 2381 QualType Canonical; 2382 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2383 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2384 Canonical = 2385 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2386 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2387 2388 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2389 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2390 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2391 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2392 } 2393 2394 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2395 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2396 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2397 Types.push_back(New); 2398 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2399 return QualType(New, 0); 2400} 2401 2402/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2403/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2404QualType 2405ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2406 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2407 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2408 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2409 // structure. 2410 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2411 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2412 2413 void *InsertPos = 0; 2414 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2415 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2416 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2417 2418 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2419 bool isCanonical = 2420 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() && 2421 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2422 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2423 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2424 isCanonical = false; 2425 2426 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2427 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2428 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2429 2430 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2431 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2432 QualType Canonical; 2433 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2434 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2435 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2436 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2437 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2438 2439 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2440 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2441 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2442 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2443 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2444 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2445 2446 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2447 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2448 CanonicalEPI); 2449 2450 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2451 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2452 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2453 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2454 } 2455 2456 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2457 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2458 // - parameter types 2459 // - exception types 2460 // - consumed-arguments flags 2461 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2462 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2463 // specification. 2464 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2465 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2466 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2467 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2468 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2469 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2470 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2471 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2472 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2473 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2474 } 2475 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2476 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2477 2478 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2479 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2480 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2481 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2482 Types.push_back(FTP); 2483 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2484 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2485} 2486 2487#ifndef NDEBUG 2488static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2489 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2490 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2491 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2492 return true; 2493 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2494 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2495 return true; 2496 return false; 2497} 2498#endif 2499 2500/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2501/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2502QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2503 QualType TST) const { 2504 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2505 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2506 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2507 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2508 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2509 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2510 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2511 } else { 2512 Type *newType = 2513 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2514 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2515 Types.push_back(newType); 2516 } 2517 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2518} 2519 2520/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2521/// specified type declaration. 2522QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2523 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2524 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2525 2526 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2527 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2528 2529 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2530 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2531 2532 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2533 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2534 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2535 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2536 return getRecordType(Record); 2537 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2538 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2539 "enum has previous declaration"); 2540 return getEnumType(Enum); 2541 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2542 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2543 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2544 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2545 Types.push_back(newType); 2546 } else 2547 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2548 2549 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2550} 2551 2552/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2553/// specified typedef name decl. 2554QualType 2555ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2556 QualType Canonical) const { 2557 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2558 2559 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2560 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2561 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2562 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2563 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2564 Types.push_back(newType); 2565 return QualType(newType, 0); 2566} 2567 2568QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2569 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2570 2571 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2572 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2573 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2574 2575 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2576 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2577 Types.push_back(newType); 2578 return QualType(newType, 0); 2579} 2580 2581QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2582 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2583 2584 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2585 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2586 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2587 2588 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2589 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2590 Types.push_back(newType); 2591 return QualType(newType, 0); 2592} 2593 2594QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2595 QualType modifiedType, 2596 QualType equivalentType) { 2597 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2598 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2599 2600 void *insertPos = 0; 2601 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2602 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2603 2604 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2605 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2606 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2607 2608 Types.push_back(type); 2609 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2610 2611 return QualType(type, 0); 2612} 2613 2614 2615/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2616QualType 2617ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2618 QualType Replacement) const { 2619 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2620 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2621 2622 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2623 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2624 void *InsertPos = 0; 2625 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2626 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2627 2628 if (!SubstParm) { 2629 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2630 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2631 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2632 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2633 } 2634 2635 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2636} 2637 2638/// \brief Retrieve a 2639QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2640 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2641 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2642#ifndef NDEBUG 2643 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2644 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2645 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2646 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2647 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2648 } 2649#endif 2650 2651 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2652 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2653 void *InsertPos = 0; 2654 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2655 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2656 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2657 2658 QualType Canon; 2659 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2660 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2661 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2662 ArgPack); 2663 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2664 } 2665 2666 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2667 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2668 ArgPack); 2669 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2670 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2671 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2672} 2673 2674/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2675/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2676/// name. 2677QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2678 bool ParameterPack, 2679 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2680 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2681 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2682 void *InsertPos = 0; 2683 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2684 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2685 2686 if (TypeParm) 2687 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2688 2689 if (TTPDecl) { 2690 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2691 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2692 2693 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2694 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2695 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2696 (void)TypeCheck; 2697 } else 2698 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2699 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2700 2701 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2702 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2703 2704 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2705} 2706 2707TypeSourceInfo * 2708ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2709 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2710 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2711 QualType Underlying) const { 2712 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2713 "No dependent template names here!"); 2714 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2715 2716 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2717 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2718 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2719 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2720 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2721 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2722 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2723 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2724 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2725 return DI; 2726} 2727 2728QualType 2729ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2730 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2731 QualType Underlying) const { 2732 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2733 "No dependent template names here!"); 2734 2735 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2736 2737 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2738 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2739 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2740 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2741 2742 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2743 Underlying); 2744} 2745 2746#ifndef NDEBUG 2747static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2748 unsigned NumArgs) { 2749 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2750 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2751 return true; 2752 2753 return true; 2754} 2755#endif 2756 2757QualType 2758ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2759 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2760 unsigned NumArgs, 2761 QualType Underlying) const { 2762 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2763 "No dependent template names here!"); 2764 // Look through qualified template names. 2765 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2766 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2767 2768 bool IsTypeAlias = 2769 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2770 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2771 QualType CanonType; 2772 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2773 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2774 else { 2775 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 2776 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 2777 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 2778 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 2779 IsTypeAlias = false; 2780 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2781 NumArgs); 2782 } 2783 2784 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2785 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2786 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2787 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2788 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2789 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2790 TypeAlignment); 2791 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2792 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 2793 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2794 2795 Types.push_back(Spec); 2796 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2797} 2798 2799QualType 2800ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2801 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2802 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2803 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2804 "No dependent template names here!"); 2805 2806 // Look through qualified template names. 2807 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2808 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2809 2810 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2811 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2812 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2813 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2814 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2815 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2816 2817 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2818 // exists. 2819 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2820 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2821 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2822 2823 void *InsertPos = 0; 2824 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2825 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2826 2827 if (!Spec) { 2828 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2829 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2830 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2831 TypeAlignment); 2832 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2833 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2834 QualType(), QualType()); 2835 Types.push_back(Spec); 2836 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 2837 } 2838 2839 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 2840 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 2841 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2842} 2843 2844QualType 2845ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2846 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2847 QualType NamedType) const { 2848 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2849 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 2850 2851 void *InsertPos = 0; 2852 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2853 if (T) 2854 return QualType(T, 0); 2855 2856 QualType Canon = NamedType; 2857 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2858 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 2859 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2860 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 2861 (void)CheckT; 2862 } 2863 2864 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 2865 Types.push_back(T); 2866 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2867 return QualType(T, 0); 2868} 2869 2870QualType 2871ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 2872 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2873 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 2874 2875 void *InsertPos = 0; 2876 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2877 if (T) 2878 return QualType(T, 0); 2879 2880 QualType Canon = InnerType; 2881 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2882 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 2883 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2884 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 2885 (void)CheckT; 2886 } 2887 2888 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 2889 Types.push_back(T); 2890 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2891 return QualType(T, 0); 2892} 2893 2894QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2895 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2896 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2897 QualType Canon) const { 2898 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2899 2900 if (Canon.isNull()) { 2901 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2902 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2903 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 2904 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2905 2906 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 2907 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 2908 } 2909 2910 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2911 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 2912 2913 void *InsertPos = 0; 2914 DependentNameType *T 2915 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2916 if (T) 2917 return QualType(T, 0); 2918 2919 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 2920 Types.push_back(T); 2921 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2922 return QualType(T, 0); 2923} 2924 2925QualType 2926ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2927 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2928 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2929 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2930 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 2931 // TODO: avoid this copy 2932 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 2933 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 2934 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 2935 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 2936 ArgCopy.size(), 2937 ArgCopy.data()); 2938} 2939 2940QualType 2941ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2942 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2943 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2944 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2945 unsigned NumArgs, 2946 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 2947 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 2948 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2949 2950 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2951 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 2952 Name, NumArgs, Args); 2953 2954 void *InsertPos = 0; 2955 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 2956 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2957 if (T) 2958 return QualType(T, 0); 2959 2960 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2961 2962 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2963 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2964 2965 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 2966 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 2967 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 2968 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 2969 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 2970 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 2971 } 2972 2973 QualType Canon; 2974 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 2975 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 2976 Name, NumArgs, 2977 CanonArgs.data()); 2978 2979 // Find the insert position again. 2980 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2981 } 2982 2983 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 2984 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2985 TypeAlignment); 2986 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 2987 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 2988 Types.push_back(T); 2989 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2990 return QualType(T, 0); 2991} 2992 2993QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 2994 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 2995 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2996 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 2997 2998 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 2999 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3000 void *InsertPos = 0; 3001 PackExpansionType *T 3002 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3003 if (T) 3004 return QualType(T, 0); 3005 3006 QualType Canon; 3007 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3008 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3009 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3010 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3011 // parameters. 3012 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3013 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3014 3015 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3016 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3017 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3018 } 3019 } 3020 3021 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3022 Types.push_back(T); 3023 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3024 return QualType(T, 0); 3025} 3026 3027/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3028/// alphabetically. 3029static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3030 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3031 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3032} 3033 3034static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3035 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3036 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3037 3038 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3039 return false; 3040 3041 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3042 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3043 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3044 return false; 3045 return true; 3046} 3047 3048static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3049 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3050 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3051 3052 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3053 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3054 3055 // Canonicalize. 3056 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3057 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3058 3059 // Remove duplicates. 3060 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3061 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3062} 3063 3064QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3065 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3066 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3067 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3068 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3069 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3070 return BaseType; 3071 3072 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3073 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3074 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3075 void *InsertPos = 0; 3076 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3077 return QualType(QT, 0); 3078 3079 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3080 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3081 QualType Canonical; 3082 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3083 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3084 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3085 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3086 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3087 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3088 3089 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3090 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3091 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3092 } else { 3093 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3094 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3095 } 3096 3097 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3098 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3099 } 3100 3101 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3102 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3103 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3104 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3105 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3106 3107 Types.push_back(T); 3108 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3109 return QualType(T, 0); 3110} 3111 3112/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3113/// the given object type. 3114QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3115 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3116 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3117 3118 void *InsertPos = 0; 3119 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3120 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3121 return QualType(QT, 0); 3122 3123 // Find the canonical object type. 3124 QualType Canonical; 3125 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3126 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3127 3128 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3129 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3130 } 3131 3132 // No match. 3133 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3134 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3135 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3136 3137 Types.push_back(QType); 3138 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3139 return QualType(QType, 0); 3140} 3141 3142/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3143/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3144QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3145 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3146 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3147 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3148 3149 if (PrevDecl) { 3150 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3151 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3152 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3153 } 3154 3155 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3156 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3157 Decl = Def; 3158 3159 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3160 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3161 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3162 Types.push_back(T); 3163 return QualType(T, 0); 3164} 3165 3166/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3167/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3168/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3169/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3170/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3171QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3172 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3173 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3174 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3175 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3176 3177 void *InsertPos = 0; 3178 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3179 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3180 if (Canon) { 3181 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3182 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3183 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3184 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3185 } else { 3186 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3187 Canon 3188 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3189 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3190 toe = Canon; 3191 } 3192 } else { 3193 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3194 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3195 } 3196 Types.push_back(toe); 3197 return QualType(toe, 0); 3198} 3199 3200/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3201/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3202/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3203/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3204/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3205QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3206 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3207 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3208 Types.push_back(tot); 3209 return QualType(tot, 0); 3210} 3211 3212 3213/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3214/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3215/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3216/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3217/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3218QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3219 DecltypeType *dt; 3220 3221 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3222 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3223 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3224 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3225 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3226 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3227 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3228 3229 void *InsertPos = 0; 3230 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3231 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3232 if (Canon) { 3233 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3234 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3235 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3236 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3237 } else { 3238 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3239 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3240 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3241 dt = Canon; 3242 } 3243 } else { 3244 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3245 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3246 } 3247 Types.push_back(dt); 3248 return QualType(dt, 0); 3249} 3250 3251/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3252/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3253QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3254 QualType UnderlyingType, 3255 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3256 const { 3257 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3258 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3259 Kind, 3260 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3261 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3262 Types.push_back(Ty); 3263 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3264} 3265 3266/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3267QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3268 void *InsertPos = 0; 3269 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3270 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3271 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3272 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3273 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3274 return QualType(AT, 0); 3275 } 3276 3277 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3278 Types.push_back(AT); 3279 if (InsertPos) 3280 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3281 return QualType(AT, 0); 3282} 3283 3284/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3285/// the given value type. 3286QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3287 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3288 // structure. 3289 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3290 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3291 3292 void *InsertPos = 0; 3293 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3294 return QualType(AT, 0); 3295 3296 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3297 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3298 QualType Canonical; 3299 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3300 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3301 3302 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3303 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3304 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3305 } 3306 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3307 Types.push_back(New); 3308 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3309 return QualType(New, 0); 3310} 3311 3312/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3313QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3314 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3315 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3316 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3317 return AutoDeductTy; 3318} 3319 3320/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3321QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3322 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3323 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3324 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3325 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3326} 3327 3328/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3329/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3330QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3331 assert (Decl); 3332 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3333 // away const? mutable? 3334 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3335} 3336 3337/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3338/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3339/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3340CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3341 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3342} 3343 3344/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3345CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3346 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3347} 3348 3349/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3350CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3351 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3352} 3353 3354/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3355/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3356QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3357 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3358 return WCharTy; 3359} 3360 3361/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3362/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3363QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3364 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3365 return UnsignedIntTy; 3366} 3367 3368/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3369/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3370QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3371 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3372} 3373 3374//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3375// Type Operators 3376//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3377 3378CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3379 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3380 // qualifiers. 3381 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3382 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3383 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3384 QualType Result; 3385 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3386 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3387 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3388 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3389 } else { 3390 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3391 } 3392 3393 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3394} 3395 3396QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3397 Qualifiers &quals) { 3398 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3399 3400 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3401 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3402 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3403 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3404 const ArrayType *AT = 3405 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3406 3407 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3408 if (!AT) { 3409 quals = splitType.Quals; 3410 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3411 } 3412 3413 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3414 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3415 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3416 3417 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3418 // can just use the results in splitType. 3419 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3420 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3421 quals = splitType.Quals; 3422 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3423 } 3424 3425 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3426 // build the type back up. 3427 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3428 3429 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3430 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3431 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3432 } 3433 3434 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3435 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3436 } 3437 3438 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3439 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3440 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3441 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3442 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3443 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3444 } 3445 3446 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3447 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3448 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3449 SourceRange()); 3450} 3451 3452/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3453/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3454/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3455/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3456/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3457/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3458/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3459/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3460bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3461 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3462 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3463 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3464 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3465 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3466 return true; 3467 } 3468 3469 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3470 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3471 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3472 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3473 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3474 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3475 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3476 return true; 3477 } 3478 3479 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3480 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3481 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3482 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3483 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3484 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3485 return true; 3486 } 3487 } 3488 3489 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3490 3491 return false; 3492} 3493 3494DeclarationNameInfo 3495ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3496 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3497 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3498 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3499 case TemplateName::Template: 3500 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3501 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3502 NameLoc); 3503 3504 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3505 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3506 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3507 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3508 } 3509 3510 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3511 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3512 DeclarationName DName; 3513 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3514 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3515 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3516 } else { 3517 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3518 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3519 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3520 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3521 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3522 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3523 } 3524 } 3525 3526 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3527 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3528 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3529 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3530 NameLoc); 3531 } 3532 3533 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3534 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3535 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3536 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3537 NameLoc); 3538 } 3539 } 3540 3541 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3542} 3543 3544TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3545 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3546 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3547 case TemplateName::Template: { 3548 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3549 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3550 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3551 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3552 3553 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3554 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3555 } 3556 3557 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3558 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3559 3560 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3561 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3562 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3563 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3564 } 3565 3566 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3567 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3568 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3569 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3570 } 3571 3572 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3573 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3574 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3575 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3576 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3577 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3578 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3579 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3580 } 3581 } 3582 3583 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3584} 3585 3586bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3587 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3588 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3589 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3590} 3591 3592TemplateArgument 3593ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3594 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3595 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3596 return Arg; 3597 3598 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3599 return Arg; 3600 3601 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3602 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) 3603 return TemplateArgument(D->getCanonicalDecl()); 3604 return TemplateArgument((Decl*)0); 3605 } 3606 3607 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3608 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3609 3610 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3611 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3612 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3613 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3614 3615 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3616 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3617 3618 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3619 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3620 3621 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3622 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3623 return Arg; 3624 3625 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3626 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3627 unsigned Idx = 0; 3628 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3629 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3630 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3631 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3632 3633 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3634 } 3635 } 3636 3637 // Silence GCC warning 3638 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3639} 3640 3641NestedNameSpecifier * 3642ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3643 if (!NNS) 3644 return 0; 3645 3646 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3647 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3648 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3649 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3650 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3651 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3652 3653 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3654 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3655 // this namespace and no prefix. 3656 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3657 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3658 3659 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3660 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3661 // this namespace and no prefix. 3662 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3663 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3664 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3665 3666 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3667 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3668 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3669 3670 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3671 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3672 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3673 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3674 // types, e.g., 3675 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3676 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3677 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3678 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3679 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3680 3681 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3682 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3683 // first place? 3684 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3685 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3686 } 3687 3688 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3689 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3690 return NNS; 3691 } 3692 3693 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3694} 3695 3696 3697const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3698 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3699 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3700 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3701 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3702 return AT; 3703 } 3704 3705 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3706 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3707 return 0; 3708 3709 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3710 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3711 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3712 3713 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3714 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3715 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3716 3717 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3718 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3719 3720 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3721 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3722 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3723 return ATy; 3724 3725 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3726 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3727 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3728 3729 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3730 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3731 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3732 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3733 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3734 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3735 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3736 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3737 3738 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3739 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3740 return cast<ArrayType>( 3741 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3742 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3743 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3744 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3745 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3746 3747 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3748 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3749 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3750 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3751 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3752 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3753} 3754 3755QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 3756 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3757 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3758 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3759 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3760 // the array type derivation. 3761 if (T->isArrayType()) 3762 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3763 3764 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3765 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3766 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3767 // in 6.3.2.1. 3768 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3769 return getPointerType(T); 3770 3771 return T; 3772} 3773 3774QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 3775 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3776 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3777 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3778} 3779 3780/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3781/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3782/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3783/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3784/// 3785/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3786QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3787 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3788 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3789 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3790 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3791 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3792 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3793 3794 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3795 3796 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3797 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3798} 3799 3800QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3801 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3802} 3803 3804QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3805 Qualifiers qs; 3806 while (true) { 3807 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3808 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3809 if (!array) break; 3810 3811 type = array->getElementType(); 3812 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 3813 } 3814 3815 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3816} 3817 3818/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3819uint64_t 3820ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3821 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3822 do { 3823 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3824 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3825 } while (CA); 3826 return ElementCount; 3827} 3828 3829/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 3830/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 3831static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 3832 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3833 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 3834 3835 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3836 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3837 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3838 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 3839 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 3840 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 3841 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 3842 } 3843} 3844 3845/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 3846/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 3847/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 3848/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 3849QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 3850 QualType Domain) const { 3851 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 3852 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 3853 switch (EltRank) { 3854 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 3855 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 3856 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 3857 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 3858 } 3859 } 3860 3861 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 3862 switch (EltRank) { 3863 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 3864 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 3865 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 3866 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 3867 } 3868 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3869} 3870 3871/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 3872/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 3873/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3874/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3875int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3876 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 3877 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 3878 3879 if (LHSR == RHSR) 3880 return 0; 3881 if (LHSR > RHSR) 3882 return 1; 3883 return -1; 3884} 3885 3886/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 3887/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 3888/// or if it is not canonicalized. 3889unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 3890 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 3891 3892 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 3893 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 3894 case BuiltinType::Bool: 3895 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 3896 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3897 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3898 case BuiltinType::SChar: 3899 case BuiltinType::UChar: 3900 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 3901 case BuiltinType::Short: 3902 case BuiltinType::UShort: 3903 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 3904 case BuiltinType::Int: 3905 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3906 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 3907 case BuiltinType::Long: 3908 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3909 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 3910 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 3911 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 3912 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 3913 case BuiltinType::Int128: 3914 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 3915 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 3916 } 3917} 3918 3919/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 3920/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 3921/// 3922/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 3923/// promotion occurs. 3924QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 3925 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 3926 return QualType(); 3927 3928 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 3929 if (!Field) 3930 return QualType(); 3931 3932 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 3933 3934 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 3935 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3936 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 3937 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 3938 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 3939 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 3940 return IntTy; 3941 3942 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 3943 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3944 3945 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 3946 // like the base type. 3947 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 3948 // is ridiculous. 3949 return QualType(); 3950} 3951 3952/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 3953/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 3954/// integer type. 3955QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 3956 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 3957 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 3958 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 3959 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 3960 3961 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3962 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 3963 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 3964 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 3965 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 3966 // unsigned long long int [...] 3967 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 3968 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 3969 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 3970 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 3971 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 3972 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 3973 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 3974 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 3975 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 3976 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 3977 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 3978 if (FromSize < ToSize || 3979 (FromSize == ToSize && 3980 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 3981 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 3982 } 3983 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 3984 } 3985 } 3986 3987 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 3988 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 3989 return IntTy; 3990 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable); 3991 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3992 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 3993 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3994} 3995 3996/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 3997/// type and returns its ownership. 3998Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 3999 while (!T.isNull()) { 4000 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4001 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4002 if (T->isArrayType()) 4003 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4004 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4005 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4006 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4007 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4008 else 4009 break; 4010 } 4011 4012 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4013} 4014 4015/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4016/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4017/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4018int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4019 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4020 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4021 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4022 4023 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4024 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4025 4026 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4027 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4028 4029 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4030 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4031 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4032 } 4033 4034 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4035 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4036 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4037 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4038 return 1; 4039 4040 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4041 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4042 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4043 return -1; 4044 } 4045 4046 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4047 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4048 return -1; 4049 4050 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4051 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4052 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4053 return 1; 4054} 4055 4056static RecordDecl * 4057CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4058 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4059 SourceLocation Loc; 4060 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4061 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4062 else 4063 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4064} 4065 4066// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4067QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4068 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4069 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4070 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4071 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4072 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4073 4074 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4075 4076 // const int *isa; 4077 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4078 // int flags; 4079 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4080 // const char *str; 4081 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4082 // long length; 4083 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4084 4085 // Create fields 4086 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4087 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4088 SourceLocation(), 4089 SourceLocation(), 0, 4090 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4091 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4092 /*Mutable=*/false, 4093 ICIS_NoInit); 4094 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4095 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4096 } 4097 4098 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4099 } 4100 4101 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4102} 4103 4104void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4105 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4106 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4107 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4108} 4109 4110QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4111 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4112 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4113 4114 RecordDecl *T; 4115 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4116 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4117 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4118 T->startDefinition(); 4119 4120 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4121 UnsignedLongTy, 4122 UnsignedLongTy, 4123 }; 4124 4125 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4126 "reserved", 4127 "Size" 4128 }; 4129 4130 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4131 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4132 SourceLocation(), 4133 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4134 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4135 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4136 /*Mutable=*/false, 4137 ICIS_NoInit); 4138 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4139 T->addDecl(Field); 4140 } 4141 4142 T->completeDefinition(); 4143 4144 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4145 4146 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4147} 4148 4149QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4150 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4151 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4152 4153 RecordDecl *T; 4154 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4155 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4156 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4157 T->startDefinition(); 4158 4159 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4160 UnsignedLongTy, 4161 UnsignedLongTy, 4162 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4163 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4164 }; 4165 4166 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4167 "reserved", 4168 "Size", 4169 "CopyFuncPtr", 4170 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4171 }; 4172 4173 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4174 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4175 SourceLocation(), 4176 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4177 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4178 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4179 /*Mutable=*/false, 4180 ICIS_NoInit); 4181 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4182 T->addDecl(Field); 4183 } 4184 4185 T->completeDefinition(); 4186 4187 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4188 4189 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4190} 4191 4192bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const { 4193 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) 4194 return true; 4195 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4196 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4197 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4198 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(); 4199 4200 } 4201 } 4202 return false; 4203} 4204 4205QualType 4206ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const { 4207 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X { 4208 // void *__isa; 4209 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding; 4210 // unsigned int __flags; 4211 // unsigned int __size; 4212 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed 4213 // void *__destroy_help // as needed 4214 // int X; 4215 // } * 4216 4217 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty); 4218 4219 // FIXME: Move up 4220 SmallString<36> Name; 4221 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" << 4222 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName; 4223 RecordDecl *T; 4224 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str())); 4225 T->startDefinition(); 4226 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy; 4227 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported"); 4228 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4229 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4230 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)), 4231 Int32Ty, 4232 Int32Ty, 4233 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4234 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4235 Ty 4236 }; 4237 4238 StringRef FieldNames[] = { 4239 "__isa", 4240 "__forwarding", 4241 "__flags", 4242 "__size", 4243 "__copy_helper", 4244 "__destroy_helper", 4245 DeclName, 4246 }; 4247 4248 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) { 4249 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5) 4250 continue; 4251 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4252 SourceLocation(), 4253 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4254 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4255 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 4256 ICIS_NoInit); 4257 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4258 T->addDecl(Field); 4259 } 4260 4261 T->completeDefinition(); 4262 4263 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 4264} 4265 4266TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4267 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4268 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4269 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4270 SourceLocation(), 4271 SourceLocation(), 4272 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4273 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4274 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4275} 4276 4277// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4278// typedef <type> BOOL; 4279static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4280 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4281 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4282 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4283 4284 return false; 4285} 4286 4287/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4288/// purpose. 4289CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4290 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4291 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4292 4293 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4294 4295 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4296 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4297 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4298 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4299 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4300 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4301 return sz; 4302} 4303 4304static inline 4305std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4306 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4307} 4308 4309/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4310/// declaration. 4311std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4312 std::string S; 4313 4314 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4315 QualType BlockTy = 4316 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4317 // Encode result type. 4318 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S); 4319 // Compute size of all parameters. 4320 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4321 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4322 SourceLocation Loc; 4323 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4324 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4325 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4326 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4327 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4328 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4329 if (sz.isZero()) 4330 continue; 4331 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4332 ParmOffset += sz; 4333 } 4334 // Size of the argument frame 4335 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4336 // Block pointer and offset. 4337 S += "@?0"; 4338 4339 // Argument types. 4340 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4341 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4342 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4343 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4344 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4345 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4346 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4347 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4348 // elements. 4349 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4350 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4351 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4352 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4353 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4354 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4355 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4356 } 4357 4358 return S; 4359} 4360 4361bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4362 std::string& S) { 4363 // Encode result type. 4364 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4365 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4366 // Compute size of all parameters. 4367 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4368 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4369 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4370 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4371 if (sz.isZero()) 4372 continue; 4373 4374 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4375 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4376 ParmOffset += sz; 4377 } 4378 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4379 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4380 4381 // Argument types. 4382 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4383 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4384 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4385 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4386 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4387 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4388 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4389 // elements. 4390 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4391 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4392 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4393 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4394 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4395 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4396 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4397 } 4398 4399 return false; 4400} 4401 4402/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4403/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4404/// block object types. 4405void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4406 QualType T, std::string& S, 4407 bool Extended) const { 4408 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4409 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4410 // Encode parameter type. 4411 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4412 true /*OutermostType*/, 4413 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4414 false /*StructField*/, 4415 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4416 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4417} 4418 4419/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4420/// declaration. 4421bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4422 std::string& S, 4423 bool Extended) const { 4424 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4425 // Encode return type. 4426 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4427 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4428 // Compute size of all parameters. 4429 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4430 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4431 SourceLocation Loc; 4432 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4433 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4434 // their size. 4435 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4436 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4437 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4438 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4439 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4440 if (sz.isZero()) 4441 continue; 4442 4443 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4444 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4445 ParmOffset += sz; 4446 } 4447 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4448 S += "@0:"; 4449 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4450 4451 // Argument types. 4452 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4453 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4454 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4455 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4456 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4457 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4458 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4459 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4460 // elements. 4461 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4462 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4463 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4464 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4465 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4466 PType, S, Extended); 4467 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4468 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4469 } 4470 4471 return false; 4472} 4473 4474/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4475/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4476/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4477/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4478/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4479/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4480/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4481/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4482/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4483/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4484/// @code 4485/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4486/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4487/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4488/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4489/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4490/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4491/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4492/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4493/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4494/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4495/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4496/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4497/// }; 4498/// @endcode 4499void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4500 const Decl *Container, 4501 std::string& S) const { 4502 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4503 bool Dynamic = false; 4504 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4505 4506 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4507 if (Container) { 4508 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4509 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4510 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4511 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4512 i != e; ++i) { 4513 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4514 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4515 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4516 Dynamic = true; 4517 } else { 4518 SynthesizePID = PID; 4519 } 4520 } 4521 } 4522 } else { 4523 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4524 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4525 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4526 i != e; ++i) { 4527 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4528 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4529 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4530 Dynamic = true; 4531 } else { 4532 SynthesizePID = PID; 4533 } 4534 } 4535 } 4536 } 4537 } 4538 4539 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4540 S = "T"; 4541 4542 // Encode result type. 4543 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4544 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4545 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4546 true /* outermost type */, 4547 true /* encoding for property */); 4548 4549 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4550 S += ",R"; 4551 } else { 4552 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4553 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4554 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4555 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4556 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4557 } 4558 } 4559 4560 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4561 // are "dynamic by default". 4562 if (Dynamic) 4563 S += ",D"; 4564 4565 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4566 S += ",N"; 4567 4568 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4569 S += ",G"; 4570 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4571 } 4572 4573 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4574 S += ",S"; 4575 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4576 } 4577 4578 if (SynthesizePID) { 4579 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4580 S += ",V"; 4581 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4582 } 4583 4584 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4585} 4586 4587/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4588/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4589/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4590/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4591/// 4592void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4593 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4594 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4595 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4596 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4597 else 4598 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4599 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4600 } 4601 } 4602} 4603 4604void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4605 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4606 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4607 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4608 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4609 // same type. 4610 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4611 true /* outermost type */); 4612} 4613 4614static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4615 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4616 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4617 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4618 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4619 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4620 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4621 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4622 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4623 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4624 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4625 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4626 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4627 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4628 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4629 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4630 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4631 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4632 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4633 case BuiltinType::Long: 4634 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4635 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4636 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4637 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4638 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4639 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4640 } 4641} 4642 4643static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4644 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4645 4646 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4647 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4648 return 'i'; 4649 4650 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4651 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4652} 4653 4654static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4655 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4656 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4657 S += 'b'; 4658 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4659 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4660 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4661 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4662 // 4663 // struct 4664 // { 4665 // int integer; 4666 // int flags:2; 4667 // }; 4668 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4669 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4670 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4671 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4672 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4673 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4674 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4675 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4676 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4677 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4678 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4679 else 4680 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4681 } 4682 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4683} 4684 4685// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4686void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4687 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4688 bool ExpandStructures, 4689 const FieldDecl *FD, 4690 bool OutermostType, 4691 bool EncodingProperty, 4692 bool StructField, 4693 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4694 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4695 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4696 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4697 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4698 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4699 return; 4700 } 4701 4702 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4703 S += 'j'; 4704 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4705 false); 4706 return; 4707 } 4708 4709 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4710 QualType PointeeTy; 4711 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4712 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4713 S += ':'; 4714 return; 4715 } 4716 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4717 } 4718 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4719 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4720 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4721 bool isReadOnly = false; 4722 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4723 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4724 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4725 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4726 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4727 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4728 isReadOnly = true; 4729 S += 'r'; 4730 } 4731 } else if (OutermostType) { 4732 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4733 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4734 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4735 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4736 isReadOnly = true; 4737 S += 'r'; 4738 } 4739 } 4740 if (isReadOnly) { 4741 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4742 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4743 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4744 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4745 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4746 } 4747 4748 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4749 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4750 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4751 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4752 S += '*'; 4753 return; 4754 } 4755 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4756 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4757 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4758 S += '#'; 4759 return; 4760 } 4761 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4762 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4763 S += '@'; 4764 return; 4765 } 4766 // fall through... 4767 } 4768 S += '^'; 4769 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4770 4771 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4772 NULL); 4773 return; 4774 } 4775 4776 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4777 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4778 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4779 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4780 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4781 S += '^'; 4782 4783 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4784 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4785 } else { 4786 S += '['; 4787 4788 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4789 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4790 S += '0'; 4791 else 4792 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4793 } else { 4794 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4795 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4796 "Unknown array type!"); 4797 S += '0'; 4798 } 4799 4800 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4801 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4802 S += ']'; 4803 } 4804 return; 4805 } 4806 4807 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4808 S += '?'; 4809 return; 4810 } 4811 4812 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4813 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4814 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4815 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4816 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4817 S += II->getName(); 4818 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4819 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4820 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4821 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4822 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4823 TemplateArgs.data(), 4824 TemplateArgs.size(), 4825 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 4826 4827 S += TemplateArgsStr; 4828 } 4829 } else { 4830 S += '?'; 4831 } 4832 if (ExpandStructures) { 4833 S += '='; 4834 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 4835 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 4836 } else { 4837 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4838 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4839 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 4840 if (FD) { 4841 S += '"'; 4842 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 4843 S += '"'; 4844 } 4845 4846 // Special case bit-fields. 4847 if (Field->isBitField()) { 4848 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 4849 *Field); 4850 } else { 4851 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 4852 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4853 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 4854 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 4855 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 4856 /*StructField*/true); 4857 } 4858 } 4859 } 4860 } 4861 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 4862 return; 4863 } 4864 4865 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4866 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4867 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4868 else 4869 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 4870 return; 4871 } 4872 4873 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 4874 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 4875 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 4876 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4877 4878 S += '<'; 4879 // Block return type 4880 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 4881 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 4882 FD, 4883 false /* OutermostType */, 4884 EncodingProperty, 4885 false /* StructField */, 4886 EncodeBlockParameters, 4887 EncodeClassNames); 4888 // Block self 4889 S += "@?"; 4890 // Block parameters 4891 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 4892 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4893 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 4894 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 4895 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4896 ExpandStructures, 4897 FD, 4898 false /* OutermostType */, 4899 EncodingProperty, 4900 false /* StructField */, 4901 EncodeBlockParameters, 4902 EncodeClassNames); 4903 } 4904 } 4905 S += '>'; 4906 } 4907 return; 4908 } 4909 4910 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 4911 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 4912 T = OT->getBaseType(); 4913 4914 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 4915 // @encode(class_name) 4916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 4917 S += '{'; 4918 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 4919 S += II->getName(); 4920 S += '='; 4921 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 4922 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 4923 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4924 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 4925 if (Field->isBitField()) 4926 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 4927 else 4928 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 4929 } 4930 S += '}'; 4931 return; 4932 } 4933 4934 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 4935 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 4936 S += '@'; 4937 return; 4938 } 4939 4940 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 4941 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 4942 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 4943 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 4944 S += '#'; 4945 return; 4946 } 4947 4948 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4949 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 4950 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4951 ExpandStructures, FD); 4952 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 4953 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 4954 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 4955 S += '"'; 4956 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4957 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4958 S += '<'; 4959 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4960 S += '>'; 4961 } 4962 S += '"'; 4963 } 4964 return; 4965 } 4966 4967 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 4968 if (!EncodingProperty && 4969 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4970 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 4971 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 4972 // {...}; 4973 S += '^'; 4974 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 4975 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4976 NULL); 4977 return; 4978 } 4979 4980 S += '@'; 4981 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 4982 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 4983 S += '"'; 4984 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4985 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4986 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4987 S += '<'; 4988 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4989 S += '>'; 4990 } 4991 S += '"'; 4992 } 4993 return; 4994 } 4995 4996 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 4997 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 4998 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 4999 return; 5000 5001 if (T->isVectorType()) { 5002 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5003 // insufficient. 5004 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5005 return; 5006 } 5007 5008 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 5009} 5010 5011void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5012 std::string &S, 5013 const FieldDecl *FD, 5014 bool includeVBases) const { 5015 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5016 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5017 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5018 return; 5019 5020 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5021 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5022 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5023 5024 if (CXXRec) { 5025 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5026 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5027 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5028 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5029 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5030 if (base->isEmpty()) 5031 continue; 5032 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5033 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5034 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5035 } 5036 } 5037 } 5038 5039 unsigned i = 0; 5040 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5041 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5042 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5043 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5044 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5045 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5046 } 5047 5048 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5049 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5050 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5051 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5052 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5053 if (base->isEmpty()) 5054 continue; 5055 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5056 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5057 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5058 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5059 } 5060 } 5061 5062 CharUnits size; 5063 if (CXXRec) { 5064 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5065 } else { 5066 size = layout.getSize(); 5067 } 5068 5069 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5070 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5071 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5072 5073 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5074 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5075 if (FD) { 5076 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5077 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5078 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5079 S += recname; 5080 S += '"'; 5081 } 5082 S += "^^?"; 5083 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5084 } 5085 5086 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5087 // Mark the end of the structure. 5088 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5089 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5090 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5091 } 5092 5093 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5094 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5095 5096 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5097 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5098 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5099 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5100 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5101 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5102 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5103 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5104 // longer then though. 5105 CurOffs += padding; 5106 } 5107 5108 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5109 if (dcl == 0) 5110 break; // reached end of structure. 5111 5112 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5113 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5114 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5115 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5116 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5117 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5118 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5119 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5120 } else { 5121 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5122 if (FD) { 5123 S += '"'; 5124 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5125 S += '"'; 5126 } 5127 5128 if (field->isBitField()) { 5129 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5130 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5131 } else { 5132 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5133 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5134 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5135 /*OutermostType*/false, 5136 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5137 /*StructField*/true); 5138 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5139 } 5140 } 5141 } 5142} 5143 5144void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5145 std::string& S) const { 5146 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5147 S += 'n'; 5148 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5149 S += 'N'; 5150 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5151 S += 'o'; 5152 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5153 S += 'O'; 5154 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5155 S += 'R'; 5156 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5157 S += 'V'; 5158} 5159 5160TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5161 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5162 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5163 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5164 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5165 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5166 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5167 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5168 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5169 } 5170 5171 return ObjCIdDecl; 5172} 5173 5174TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5175 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5176 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5177 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5178 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5179 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5180 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5181 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5182 } 5183 return ObjCSelDecl; 5184} 5185 5186TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5187 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5188 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5189 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5190 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5191 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5192 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5193 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5194 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5195 } 5196 5197 return ObjCClassDecl; 5198} 5199 5200ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5201 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5202 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5203 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5204 SourceLocation(), 5205 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5206 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5207 SourceLocation(), true); 5208 } 5209 5210 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5211} 5212 5213//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5214// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5215//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5216 5217static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5218 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5219 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5220 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5221 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5222 5223 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5224 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5225 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5226 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5227 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5228 TInfo); 5229 return VaListTypeDecl; 5230} 5231 5232static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5233 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5234 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5235 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5236 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5237 5238 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5239 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5240 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5241 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5242 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5243 TInfo); 5244 return VaListTypeDecl; 5245} 5246 5247static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5248 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5249 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5250 5251 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5252 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5253 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5254 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5255 5256 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5257 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5258 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5259 5260 // unsigned char gpr; 5261 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5262 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5263 5264 // unsigned char fpr; 5265 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5266 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5267 5268 // unsigned short reserved; 5269 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5270 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5271 5272 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5273 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5274 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5275 5276 // void* reg_save_area; 5277 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5278 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5279 5280 // Create fields 5281 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5282 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5283 SourceLocation(), 5284 SourceLocation(), 5285 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5286 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5287 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5288 /*Mutable=*/false, 5289 ICIS_NoInit); 5290 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5291 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5292 } 5293 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5294 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5295 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5296 5297 // } __va_list_tag; 5298 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5299 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5300 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5301 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5302 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5303 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5304 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5305 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5306 5307 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5308 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5309 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5310 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5311 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5312 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5313 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5314 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5315 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5316 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5317 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5318 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5319 TInfo); 5320 5321 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5322} 5323 5324static TypedefDecl * 5325CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5326 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5327 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5328 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5329 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5330 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5331 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5332 5333 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5334 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5335 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5336 5337 // unsigned gp_offset; 5338 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5339 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5340 5341 // unsigned fp_offset; 5342 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5343 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5344 5345 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5346 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5347 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5348 5349 // void* reg_save_area; 5350 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5351 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5352 5353 // Create fields 5354 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5355 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5356 VaListTagDecl, 5357 SourceLocation(), 5358 SourceLocation(), 5359 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5360 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5361 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5362 /*Mutable=*/false, 5363 ICIS_NoInit); 5364 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5365 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5366 } 5367 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5368 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5369 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5370 5371 // } __va_list_tag; 5372 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5373 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5374 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5375 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5376 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5377 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5378 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5379 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5380 5381 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5382 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5383 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5384 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5385 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5386 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5387 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5388 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5389 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5390 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5391 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5392 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5393 TInfo); 5394 5395 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5396} 5397 5398static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5399 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5400 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5401 QualType IntArrayType 5402 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5403 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5404 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5405 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5406 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5407 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5408 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5409 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5410 5411 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5412} 5413 5414static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5415 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5416 switch (Kind) { 5417 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5418 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5419 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5420 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5421 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5422 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5423 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5424 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5425 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5426 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5427 } 5428 5429 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5430} 5431 5432TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5433 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5434 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5435 5436 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5437} 5438 5439QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5440 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5441 // declaration. 5442 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5443 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5444 5445 return VaListTagTy; 5446} 5447 5448void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5449 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5450 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5451 5452 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5453} 5454 5455/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5456/// lookup. 5457TemplateName 5458ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5459 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5460 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5461 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5462 5463 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5464 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5465 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5466 5467 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5468 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5469 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5470 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5471 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5472 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5473 *Storage++ = D; 5474 } 5475 5476 return TemplateName(OT); 5477} 5478 5479/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5480/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5481TemplateName 5482ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5483 bool TemplateKeyword, 5484 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5485 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5486 5487 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5488 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5489 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5490 5491 void *InsertPos = 0; 5492 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5493 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5494 if (!QTN) { 5495 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5496 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5497 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5498 } 5499 5500 return TemplateName(QTN); 5501} 5502 5503/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5504/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5505TemplateName 5506ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5507 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5508 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5509 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5510 5511 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5512 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5513 5514 void *InsertPos = 0; 5515 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5516 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5517 5518 if (QTN) 5519 return TemplateName(QTN); 5520 5521 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5522 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5523 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5524 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5525 } else { 5526 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5527 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5528 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5529 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5530 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5531 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5532 (void)CheckQTN; 5533 } 5534 5535 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5536 return TemplateName(QTN); 5537} 5538 5539/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5540/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5541TemplateName 5542ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5543 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5544 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5545 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5546 5547 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5548 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5549 5550 void *InsertPos = 0; 5551 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5552 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5553 5554 if (QTN) 5555 return TemplateName(QTN); 5556 5557 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5558 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5559 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5560 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5561 } else { 5562 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5563 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5564 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5565 5566 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5567 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5568 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5569 (void)CheckQTN; 5570 } 5571 5572 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5573 return TemplateName(QTN); 5574} 5575 5576TemplateName 5577ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5578 TemplateName replacement) const { 5579 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5580 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5581 5582 void *insertPos = 0; 5583 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5584 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5585 5586 if (!subst) { 5587 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5588 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5589 } 5590 5591 return TemplateName(subst); 5592} 5593 5594TemplateName 5595ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5596 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5597 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5598 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5599 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5600 5601 void *InsertPos = 0; 5602 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5603 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5604 5605 if (!Subst) { 5606 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5607 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5608 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5609 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5610 } 5611 5612 return TemplateName(Subst); 5613} 5614 5615/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5616/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5617/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5618CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5619 switch (Type) { 5620 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5621 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5622 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5623 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5624 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5625 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5626 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5627 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5628 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5629 } 5630 5631 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5632} 5633 5634//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5635// Type Predicates. 5636//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5637 5638/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5639/// garbage collection attribute. 5640/// 5641Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5642 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5643 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5644 5645 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 5646 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5647 5648 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5649 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5650 // as __strong. 5651 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5652 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5653 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5654 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5655 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5656 } else { 5657 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5658 // pointer. 5659#ifndef NDEBUG 5660 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5661 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5662 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5663 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5664#endif 5665 } 5666 return GCAttrs; 5667} 5668 5669//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5670// Type Compatibility Testing 5671//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5672 5673/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5674/// compatible. 5675static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5676 const VectorType *RHS) { 5677 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5678 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5679 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5680} 5681 5682bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5683 QualType SecondVec) { 5684 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5685 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5686 5687 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5688 return true; 5689 5690 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5691 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5692 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5693 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5694 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5695 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5696 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5697 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5698 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5699 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5700 return true; 5701 5702 return false; 5703} 5704 5705//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5706// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5707//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5708 5709/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5710/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5711bool 5712ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5713 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5714 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5715 return true; 5716 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5717 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5718 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5719 return true; 5720 return false; 5721} 5722 5723/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...> 5724/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5725/// otherwise. 5726bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5727 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5728 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5729 return false; 5730} 5731 5732/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and 5733/// Class<p1, ...>. 5734bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5735 QualType rhs) { 5736 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5737 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5738 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5739 5740 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5741 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5742 bool match = false; 5743 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5744 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5745 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5746 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5747 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 5748 match = true; 5749 break; 5750 } 5751 } 5752 if (!match) 5753 return false; 5754 } 5755 return true; 5756} 5757 5758/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 5759/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 5760bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5761 bool compare) { 5762 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 5763 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5764 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 5765 return true; 5766 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5767 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 5768 return true; 5769 5770 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5771 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5772 5773 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 5774 5775 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 5776 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 5777 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5778 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5779 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5780 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5781 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5782 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5783 // through its super class and categories. 5784 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 5785 return false; 5786 } 5787 } 5788 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 5789 return true; 5790 } 5791 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5792 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5793 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5794 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5795 bool match = false; 5796 5797 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5798 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5799 // through its super class and categories. 5800 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5801 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5802 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5803 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5804 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5805 match = true; 5806 break; 5807 } 5808 } 5809 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 5810 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5811 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5812 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5813 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5814 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5815 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5816 // through its super class and categories. 5817 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 5818 match = true; 5819 break; 5820 } 5821 } 5822 } 5823 if (!match) 5824 return false; 5825 } 5826 5827 return true; 5828 } 5829 5830 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5831 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 5832 5833 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 5834 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 5835 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5836 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5837 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5838 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5839 bool match = false; 5840 5841 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 5842 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5843 // through its super class and categories. 5844 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 5845 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5846 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5847 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5848 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5849 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5850 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5851 match = true; 5852 break; 5853 } 5854 } 5855 if (!match) 5856 return false; 5857 } 5858 5859 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 5860 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5861 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5862 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5863 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 5864 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 5865 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 5866 // assume that it is mismatch. 5867 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 5868 return false; 5869 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5870 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5871 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5872 bool match = false; 5873 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 5874 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5875 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5876 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5877 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5878 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5879 match = true; 5880 break; 5881 } 5882 } 5883 if (!match) 5884 return false; 5885 } 5886 } 5887 return true; 5888 } 5889 return false; 5890} 5891 5892/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 5893/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 5894/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 5895/// 5896bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5897 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 5898 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5899 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5900 5901 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 5902 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 5903 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 5904 return true; 5905 5906 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 5907 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5908 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5909 false); 5910 5911 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 5912 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5913 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 5914 5915 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 5916 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 5917 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 5918 5919 return false; 5920} 5921 5922/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 5923/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 5924/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 5925/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 5926/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 5927bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 5928 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5929 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5930 bool BlockReturnType) { 5931 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 5932 return true; 5933 5934 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 5935 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5936 } 5937 5938 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5939 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5940 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5941 false); 5942 5943 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5944 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5945 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 5946 if (LHS != RHS) { 5947 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 5948 return BlockReturnType; 5949 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 5950 return !BlockReturnType; 5951 } 5952 else 5953 return true; 5954 } 5955 return false; 5956} 5957 5958/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 5959/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 5960/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 5961/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 5962static 5963void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 5964 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5965 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5966 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 5967 5968 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5969 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5970 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 5971 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 5972 5973 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 5974 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 5975 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 5976 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 5977 else { 5978 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5979 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 5980 LHSInheritedProtocols); 5981 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5982 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 5983 } 5984 5985 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 5986 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 5987 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 5988 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 5989 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 5990 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 5991 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 5992 } else { 5993 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 5994 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 5995 RHSInheritedProtocols); 5996 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5997 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5998 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 5999 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6000 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6001 } 6002} 6003 6004/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6005/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6006/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6007/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6008QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6009 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6010 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6011 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6012 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6013 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6014 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6015 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6016 return QualType(); 6017 6018 do { 6019 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6020 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6021 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6022 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6023 6024 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6025 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6026 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6027 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6028 return Result; 6029 } 6030 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6031 6032 return QualType(); 6033} 6034 6035bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6036 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6037 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6038 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6039 6040 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6041 // the LHS. 6042 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6043 return false; 6044 6045 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6046 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6047 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6048 return true; 6049 6050 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6051 // more detailed analysis is required. 6052 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6053 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6054 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6055 // false otherwise. 6056 bool IsSuperClass = 6057 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6058 if (IsSuperClass) { 6059 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6060 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6061 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6062 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6063 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6064 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6065 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6066 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6067 return false; 6068 6069 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6070 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6071 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6072 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6073 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6074 6075 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6076 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6077 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6078 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6079 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6080 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6081 break; 6082 } 6083 } 6084 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6085 return false; 6086 } 6087 return true; 6088 } 6089 return false; 6090 } 6091 6092 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6093 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6094 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6095 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6096 6097 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6098 // are incompatible. 6099 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6100 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6101 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6102 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6103 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6104 break; 6105 } 6106 } 6107 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6108 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6109 return false; 6110 } 6111 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6112 return true; 6113} 6114 6115bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6116 // get the "pointed to" types 6117 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6118 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6119 6120 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6121 return false; 6122 6123 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6124 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6125} 6126 6127bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6128 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6129 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6130 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6131} 6132 6133/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6134/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6135/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6136/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6137bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6138 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6139 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6140 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6141 6142 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6143} 6144 6145bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6146 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6147} 6148 6149bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6150 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6151} 6152 6153/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6154/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6155/// QualType() 6156QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6157 bool OfBlockPointer, 6158 bool Unqualified) { 6159 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6160 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6161 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6162 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6163 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6164 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6165 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6166 if (!MT.isNull()) 6167 return MT; 6168 } 6169 } 6170 } 6171 6172 return QualType(); 6173} 6174 6175/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6176/// argument types 6177QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6178 bool OfBlockPointer, 6179 bool Unqualified) { 6180 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6181 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6182 // type is compatible with a union member 6183 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6184 Unqualified); 6185 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6186 return lmerge; 6187 6188 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6189 Unqualified); 6190 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6191 return rmerge; 6192 6193 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6194} 6195 6196QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6197 bool OfBlockPointer, 6198 bool Unqualified) { 6199 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6200 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6201 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6202 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6203 bool allLTypes = true; 6204 bool allRTypes = true; 6205 6206 // Check return type 6207 QualType retType; 6208 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6209 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6210 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6211 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6212 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6213 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6214 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6215 } 6216 else 6217 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6218 Unqualified); 6219 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6220 6221 if (Unqualified) 6222 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6223 6224 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6225 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6226 if (Unqualified) { 6227 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6228 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6229 } 6230 6231 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6232 allLTypes = false; 6233 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6234 allRTypes = false; 6235 6236 // FIXME: double check this 6237 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6238 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6239 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6240 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6241 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6242 6243 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6244 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6245 return QualType(); 6246 6247 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6248 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6249 return QualType(); 6250 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6251 return QualType(); 6252 6253 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6254 return QualType(); 6255 6256 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not. 6257 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6258 allLTypes = false; 6259 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6260 allRTypes = false; 6261 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6262 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6263 6264 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6265 6266 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6267 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6268 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6269 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6270 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6271 6272 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6273 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6274 return QualType(); 6275 6276 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6277 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6278 return QualType(); 6279 6280 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6281 return QualType(); 6282 6283 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6284 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6285 return QualType(); 6286 6287 // Check argument compatibility 6288 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6289 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6290 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6291 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6292 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6293 OfBlockPointer, 6294 Unqualified); 6295 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6296 6297 if (Unqualified) 6298 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6299 6300 types.push_back(argtype); 6301 if (Unqualified) { 6302 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6303 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6304 } 6305 6306 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6307 allLTypes = false; 6308 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6309 allRTypes = false; 6310 } 6311 6312 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6313 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6314 6315 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6316 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6317 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6318 } 6319 6320 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6321 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6322 6323 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6324 if (proto) { 6325 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6326 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6327 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6328 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6329 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6330 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6331 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6332 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6333 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6334 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6335 6336 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used 6337 // to pass enum values. 6338 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6339 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 6340 6341 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6342 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6343 return QualType(); 6344 } 6345 6346 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6347 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6348 6349 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6350 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6351 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6352 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6353 } 6354 6355 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6356 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6357 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6358} 6359 6360QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6361 bool OfBlockPointer, 6362 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6363 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6364 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6365 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6366 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6367 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6368 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6369 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6370 6371 if (Unqualified) { 6372 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6373 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6374 } 6375 6376 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6377 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6378 6379 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6380 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6381 return LHS; 6382 6383 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6384 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6385 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6386 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6387 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6388 // mismatch. 6389 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6390 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6391 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6392 return QualType(); 6393 6394 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6395 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6396 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6397 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6398 // qualified __strong. 6399 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6400 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6401 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6402 6403 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6404 return QualType(); 6405 6406 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6407 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6408 } 6409 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6410 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6411 } 6412 return QualType(); 6413 } 6414 6415 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6416 6417 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6418 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6419 6420 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6421 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6422 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6423 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6424 6425 // Same as above for arrays 6426 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6427 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6428 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6429 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6430 6431 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6432 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6433 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6434 6435 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6436 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6437 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6438 6439 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6440 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6441 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6442 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6443 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6444 // type. 6445 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6446 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6447 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6448 return RHS; 6449 } 6450 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6451 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6452 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6453 return LHS; 6454 } 6455 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6456 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6457 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6458 return LHS; 6459 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6460 return RHS; 6461 } 6462 6463 return QualType(); 6464 } 6465 6466 // The canonical type classes match. 6467 switch (LHSClass) { 6468#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6469#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6470#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6471#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6472#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6473#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6474 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6475 6476 case Type::LValueReference: 6477 case Type::RValueReference: 6478 case Type::MemberPointer: 6479 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6480 6481 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6482 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6483 case Type::VariableArray: 6484 case Type::FunctionProto: 6485 case Type::ExtVector: 6486 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6487 6488 case Type::Pointer: 6489 { 6490 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6491 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6492 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6493 if (Unqualified) { 6494 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6495 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6496 } 6497 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6498 Unqualified); 6499 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6500 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6501 return LHS; 6502 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6503 return RHS; 6504 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6505 } 6506 case Type::BlockPointer: 6507 { 6508 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6509 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6510 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6511 if (Unqualified) { 6512 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6513 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6514 } 6515 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6516 Unqualified); 6517 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6518 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6519 return LHS; 6520 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6521 return RHS; 6522 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6523 } 6524 case Type::Atomic: 6525 { 6526 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6527 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6528 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6529 if (Unqualified) { 6530 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6531 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6532 } 6533 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6534 Unqualified); 6535 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6536 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6537 return LHS; 6538 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6539 return RHS; 6540 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6541 } 6542 case Type::ConstantArray: 6543 { 6544 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6545 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6546 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6547 return QualType(); 6548 6549 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6550 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6551 if (Unqualified) { 6552 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6553 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6554 } 6555 6556 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6557 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6558 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6559 return LHS; 6560 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6561 return RHS; 6562 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6563 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6564 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6565 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6566 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6567 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6568 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6569 return LHS; 6570 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6571 return RHS; 6572 if (LVAT) { 6573 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6574 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6575 // has to be different. 6576 return LHS; 6577 } 6578 if (RVAT) { 6579 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6580 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6581 // has to be different. 6582 return RHS; 6583 } 6584 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6585 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6586 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6587 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6588 } 6589 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6590 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6591 case Type::Record: 6592 case Type::Enum: 6593 return QualType(); 6594 case Type::Builtin: 6595 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6596 return QualType(); 6597 case Type::Complex: 6598 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6599 return QualType(); 6600 case Type::Vector: 6601 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6602 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6603 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6604 return LHS; 6605 return QualType(); 6606 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6607 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6608 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6609 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6610 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6611 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6612 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6613 return LHS; 6614 6615 return QualType(); 6616 } 6617 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6618 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6619 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6620 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6621 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6622 BlockReturnType)) 6623 return LHS; 6624 return QualType(); 6625 } 6626 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6627 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6628 return LHS; 6629 6630 return QualType(); 6631 } 6632 } 6633 6634 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6635} 6636 6637bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6638 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6639 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6640 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6641 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6642 return false; 6643 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6644 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6645 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6646 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6647 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6648 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6649 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6650 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6651 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6652 return false; 6653 } 6654 return true; 6655} 6656 6657/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6658/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6659/// return types. 6660QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6661 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6662 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6663 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6664 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6665 return LHS; 6666 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6667 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6668 return QualType(); 6669 QualType OldReturnType = 6670 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6671 QualType NewReturnType = 6672 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6673 QualType ResReturnType = 6674 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6675 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6676 return QualType(); 6677 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6678 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6679 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6680 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6681 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6682 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6683 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6684 QualType ResultType 6685 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6686 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6687 return ResultType; 6688 } 6689 } 6690 return QualType(); 6691 } 6692 6693 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6694 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6695 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6696 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6697 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6698 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6699 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6700 return QualType(); 6701 6702 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6703 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6704 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6705 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6706 // qualified __strong. 6707 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6708 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6709 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6710 6711 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6712 return QualType(); 6713 6714 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6715 return LHS; 6716 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6717 return RHS; 6718 return QualType(); 6719 } 6720 6721 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6722 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6723 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6724 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6725 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6726 return LHS; 6727 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6728 return RHS; 6729 } 6730 return QualType(); 6731} 6732 6733//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6734// Integer Predicates 6735//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6736 6737unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6738 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6739 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6740 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6741 return 1; 6742 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 6743 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 6744} 6745 6746QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { 6747 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 6748 6749 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 6750 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 6751 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 6752 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 6753 6754 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 6755 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 6756 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6757 6758 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6759 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 6760 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 6761 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 6762 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6763 return UnsignedCharTy; 6764 case BuiltinType::Short: 6765 return UnsignedShortTy; 6766 case BuiltinType::Int: 6767 return UnsignedIntTy; 6768 case BuiltinType::Long: 6769 return UnsignedLongTy; 6770 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6771 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6772 case BuiltinType::Int128: 6773 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 6774 default: 6775 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 6776 } 6777} 6778 6779ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 6780 6781 6782//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6783// Builtin Type Computation 6784//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6785 6786/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 6787/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 6788/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 6789/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 6790/// a vector of "i*". 6791/// 6792/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 6793/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 6794static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 6795 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6796 bool &RequiresICE, 6797 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 6798 // Modifiers. 6799 int HowLong = 0; 6800 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 6801 RequiresICE = false; 6802 6803 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 6804 bool Done = false; 6805 while (!Done) { 6806 switch (*Str++) { 6807 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6808 case 'I': 6809 RequiresICE = true; 6810 break; 6811 case 'S': 6812 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6813 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6814 Signed = true; 6815 break; 6816 case 'U': 6817 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6818 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6819 Unsigned = true; 6820 break; 6821 case 'L': 6822 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 6823 ++HowLong; 6824 break; 6825 } 6826 } 6827 6828 QualType Type; 6829 6830 // Read the base type. 6831 switch (*Str++) { 6832 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 6833 case 'v': 6834 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6835 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 6836 Type = Context.VoidTy; 6837 break; 6838 case 'f': 6839 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6840 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 6841 Type = Context.FloatTy; 6842 break; 6843 case 'd': 6844 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6845 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 6846 if (HowLong) 6847 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 6848 else 6849 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 6850 break; 6851 case 's': 6852 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 6853 if (Unsigned) 6854 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 6855 else 6856 Type = Context.ShortTy; 6857 break; 6858 case 'i': 6859 if (HowLong == 3) 6860 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 6861 else if (HowLong == 2) 6862 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 6863 else if (HowLong == 1) 6864 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 6865 else 6866 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 6867 break; 6868 case 'c': 6869 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 6870 if (Signed) 6871 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 6872 else if (Unsigned) 6873 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 6874 else 6875 Type = Context.CharTy; 6876 break; 6877 case 'b': // boolean 6878 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 6879 Type = Context.BoolTy; 6880 break; 6881 case 'z': // size_t. 6882 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 6883 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 6884 break; 6885 case 'F': 6886 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 6887 break; 6888 case 'G': 6889 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 6890 break; 6891 case 'H': 6892 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 6893 break; 6894 case 'a': 6895 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6896 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6897 break; 6898 case 'A': 6899 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 6900 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 6901 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 6902 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 6903 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 6904 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 6905 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 6906 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 6907 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6908 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6909 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6910 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 6911 else 6912 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6913 break; 6914 case 'V': { 6915 char *End; 6916 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6917 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6918 Str = End; 6919 6920 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 6921 RequiresICE, false); 6922 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 6923 6924 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 6925 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 6926 VectorType::GenericVector); 6927 break; 6928 } 6929 case 'E': { 6930 char *End; 6931 6932 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6933 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6934 6935 Str = End; 6936 6937 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6938 false); 6939 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 6940 break; 6941 } 6942 case 'X': { 6943 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6944 false); 6945 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 6946 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 6947 break; 6948 } 6949 case 'Y' : { 6950 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 6951 break; 6952 } 6953 case 'P': 6954 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 6955 if (Type.isNull()) { 6956 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 6957 return QualType(); 6958 } 6959 break; 6960 case 'J': 6961 if (Signed) 6962 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 6963 else 6964 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 6965 6966 if (Type.isNull()) { 6967 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 6968 return QualType(); 6969 } 6970 break; 6971 case 'K': 6972 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 6973 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 6974 6975 if (Type.isNull()) { 6976 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 6977 return QualType(); 6978 } 6979 break; 6980 } 6981 6982 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 6983 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 6984 while (!Done) { 6985 switch (char c = *Str++) { 6986 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6987 case '*': 6988 case '&': { 6989 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 6990 // qualified with an address space. 6991 char *End; 6992 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6993 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 6994 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 6995 Str = End; 6996 } 6997 if (c == '*') 6998 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 6999 else 7000 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7001 break; 7002 } 7003 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7004 case 'C': 7005 Type = Type.withConst(); 7006 break; 7007 case 'D': 7008 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7009 break; 7010 case 'R': 7011 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7012 break; 7013 } 7014 } 7015 7016 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7017 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7018 7019 return Type; 7020} 7021 7022/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7023QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7024 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7025 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7026 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7027 7028 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7029 7030 bool RequiresICE = false; 7031 Error = GE_None; 7032 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7033 RequiresICE, true); 7034 if (Error != GE_None) 7035 return QualType(); 7036 7037 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7038 7039 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7040 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7041 if (Error != GE_None) 7042 return QualType(); 7043 7044 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7045 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7046 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7047 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7048 7049 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7050 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7051 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7052 7053 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7054 } 7055 7056 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7057 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7058 7059 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7060 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7061 7062 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7063 7064 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7065 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7066 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7067 7068 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7069 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7070 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7071 7072 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 7073} 7074 7075GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7076 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7077 7078 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7079 switch (L) { 7080 case NoLinkage: 7081 case InternalLinkage: 7082 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7083 return GVA_Internal; 7084 7085 case ExternalLinkage: 7086 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7087 case TSK_Undeclared: 7088 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7089 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7090 break; 7091 7092 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7093 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7094 7095 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7096 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7097 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7098 break; 7099 } 7100 } 7101 7102 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7103 return External; 7104 7105 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7106 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7107 // externally visible. 7108 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7109 return External; 7110 7111 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7112 return GVA_C99Inline; 7113 } 7114 7115 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7116 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7117 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7118 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7119 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7120 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7121 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7122 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7123 return GVA_C99Inline; 7124 7125 return GVA_CXXInline; 7126} 7127 7128GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7129 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7130 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7131 // template. 7132 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7133 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7134 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7135 7136 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7137 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7138 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 7139 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 7140 7141 switch (L) { 7142 case NoLinkage: 7143 case InternalLinkage: 7144 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7145 return GVA_Internal; 7146 7147 case ExternalLinkage: 7148 switch (TSK) { 7149 case TSK_Undeclared: 7150 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7151 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7152 7153 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7154 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7155 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7156 7157 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7158 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7159 7160 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7161 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7162 } 7163 } 7164 7165 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7166} 7167 7168bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7169 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7170 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7171 return false; 7172 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7173 return false; 7174 7175 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7176 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7177 return false; 7178 7179 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7180 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7181 return true; 7182 7183 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7184 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7185 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7186 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7187 7188 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7189 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7190 return true; 7191 7192 // The key function for a class is required. 7193 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7194 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7195 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7196 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 7197 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7198 return true; 7199 } 7200 } 7201 7202 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7203 7204 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7205 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7206 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7207 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7208 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7209 return false; 7210 return true; 7211 } 7212 7213 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7214 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7215 7216 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7217 return false; 7218 7219 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required. 7220 7221 // FIXME: Handle references. 7222 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about. 7223 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7224 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) { 7225 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 7226 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 7227 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && 7228 RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) 7229 return true; 7230 } 7231 } 7232 7233 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7234 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) { 7235 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))) 7236 return false; 7237 } 7238 7239 return true; 7240} 7241 7242CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7243 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7244 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7245} 7246 7247CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7248 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft) 7249 return CC_Default; 7250 return CC; 7251} 7252 7253bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7254 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7255 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7256} 7257 7258MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7259 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 7260 case CXXABI_ARM: 7261 case CXXABI_Itanium: 7262 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7263 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 7264 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7265 } 7266 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7267} 7268 7269CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7270 7271size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7272 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7273 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7274 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7275 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7276 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7277 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7278 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7279 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7280 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7281 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7282 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7283 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7284 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7285 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7286} 7287 7288unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7289 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7290 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7291 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7292} 7293 7294 7295void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7296 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7297} 7298 7299unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7300 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7301 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7302 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7303 return I->second; 7304} 7305